1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
320 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
322 symbol without a GOT entry. */
323 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
327 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
328 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
333 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
343 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
345 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
348 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
349 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
352 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
353 the global hash table. */
355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
357 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
359 /* External symbol information. */
362 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
363 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
365 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
367 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
369 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
370 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
374 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
377 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
378 being called returns a floating point value. */
379 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
417 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
418 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
421 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
425 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
427 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
428 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
430 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
431 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
433 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
434 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
435 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
437 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
440 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
441 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
443 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
444 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
446 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
449 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
450 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
452 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
453 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
455 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
456 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
458 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1593 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1594 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1602 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1604 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1606 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1629 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1630 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1635 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1636 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1644 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1645 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1646 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1647 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1659 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1663 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1672 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs
< relend
)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1703 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1706 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1709 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1710 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1717 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1718 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1719 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1722 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1729 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1730 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1731 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1732 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1735 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1743 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1744 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1745 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1756 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1757 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1758 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1766 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1767 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1768 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1769 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1770 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1771 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1780 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1789 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1790 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1792 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1807 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1809 && h
->root
.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1813 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1828 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1833 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1834 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1848 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1851 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1863 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1864 input_section
->output_section
);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1873 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1877 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1878 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1896 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1904 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1905 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1906 input_section
->output_section
);
1907 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1909 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1914 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1915 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1946 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1950 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1970 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1972 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1986 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2005 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2007 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2136 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2147 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2154 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2162 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2194 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2200 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2209 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2224 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2232 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2252 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2269 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2278 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2286 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2294 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2303 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2310 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2312 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2313 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2317 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2326 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2331 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2334 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2339 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2340 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2344 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2345 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2354 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2364 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2366 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2367 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2369 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2382 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2384 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2386 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2388 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2389 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2393 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2396 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2410 asection
*input_section
;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2429 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2430 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2433 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2435 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2438 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2442 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2444 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2445 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2448 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2449 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2460 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2461 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2463 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2468 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2472 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2481 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2482 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2485 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2487 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2492 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2499 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2501 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2509 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2510 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2511 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2513 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2520 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2522 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2525 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2530 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2540 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2541 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2548 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2550 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2561 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2569 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2571 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2572 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2582 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2585 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2593 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2598 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2603 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2615 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2616 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2645 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2646 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2647 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2648 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2662 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2666 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2667 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2692 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2693 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2695 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2696 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2697 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2698 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2720 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2721 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2722 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2723 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2745 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2746 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2747 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2748 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2749 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2750 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2751 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2752 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2753 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2754 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2755 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2791 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2795 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2797 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2822 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2824 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2850 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2852 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2854 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2856 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2857 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2858 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2859 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2860 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2862 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2863 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2865 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2866 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2874 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2877 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2878 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2880 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2882 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2884 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2892 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2909 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2910 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2916 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2917 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2919 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2920 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2921 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2925 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2927 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2930 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2931 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2933 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2934 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2937 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2938 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2940 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2950 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2953 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2954 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2955 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2956 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2958 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2959 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2960 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2963 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2976 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2977 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2979 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2981 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2982 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2983 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2984 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2985 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2990 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2991 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2992 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2993 + sec
->output_offset
2994 + output_section
->vma
);
2996 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3001 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3002 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3005 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3012 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3015 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3017 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3018 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3020 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3023 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3025 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3028 static INLINE hashval_t
3029 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3032 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3039 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3041 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3043 return (entry
->symndx
3044 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3045 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3046 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3047 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3048 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3049 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3053 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3055 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3056 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3058 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3059 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3060 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3061 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3062 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3063 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3064 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3068 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3072 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3073 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3074 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3075 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3076 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3080 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3082 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3084 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3085 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3086 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3087 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3088 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3089 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3090 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3094 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3096 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3098 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3099 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3103 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3105 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3107 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3108 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3109 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3112 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3114 static struct mips_got_info
*
3115 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3119 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3123 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3124 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3125 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3128 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3129 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3130 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3136 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3137 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3139 static struct mips_got_info
*
3140 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3142 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3144 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3147 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3148 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3149 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3153 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3156 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3158 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3160 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3161 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3164 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3165 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3166 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3167 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3168 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3174 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3175 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3176 if creation fails. */
3179 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3185 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3186 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3187 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3188 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3190 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3195 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3198 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3199 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3205 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3208 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3210 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3213 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3222 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3225 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3242 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3243 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3247 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3251 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3252 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3254 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3255 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3258 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3260 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3261 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3270 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3276 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3283 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3287 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3288 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3289 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3291 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3293 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3294 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3296 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3298 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3299 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3301 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3304 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3307 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3309 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3314 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3316 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3318 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3319 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3321 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3323 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3324 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3326 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3335 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3338 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3339 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3345 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3346 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3347 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3349 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3353 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3358 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3360 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3362 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3363 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3364 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3367 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3370 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3372 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3373 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3376 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3377 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3378 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3379 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3380 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3382 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3383 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3384 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3386 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3389 /* General Dynamic. */
3390 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3394 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3395 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3396 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3397 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3411 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3418 /* Initial Exec model. */
3422 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3423 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3425 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3426 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3428 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3429 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3430 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3431 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3434 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3435 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3439 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3440 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3441 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3442 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3443 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3445 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3446 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3447 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3449 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3450 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3451 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3452 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3459 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3462 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3463 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3464 will be negative. */
3467 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3470 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3471 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3473 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3474 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3476 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3479 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3480 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3481 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3482 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3483 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3485 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3486 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3488 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3490 return got_address
- got_value
;
3493 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3494 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3495 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3496 offset can be found. */
3499 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3500 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3504 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3506 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3509 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3510 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3514 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3515 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3516 return entry
->gotidx
;
3519 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3522 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3523 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3526 long global_got_dynindx
;
3527 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3533 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3534 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3535 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3537 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3538 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3539 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3541 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3542 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3543 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3544 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3545 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3550 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3551 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3554 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3558 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3559 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3563 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3565 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3568 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3569 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3570 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3574 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3575 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3578 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3579 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3581 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3583 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3585 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3586 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3587 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3588 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3589 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3590 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3592 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3597 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3598 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3599 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3600 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3601 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3604 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3605 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3607 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3608 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3610 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3611 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3612 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3617 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3620 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3625 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3626 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3627 symbol that binds locally. */
3630 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3631 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3633 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3635 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3636 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3637 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3638 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3640 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3642 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3643 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3644 same in all cases. */
3645 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3646 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3648 return entry
->gotidx
;
3653 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3657 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3658 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3667 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3668 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3669 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3671 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3674 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3675 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3676 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3679 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3680 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3681 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3682 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3686 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3688 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3692 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3693 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3695 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3698 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3702 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3704 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3706 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3707 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3710 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3713 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3717 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3718 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3729 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3730 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3737 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3738 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3746 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3748 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3750 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3755 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3759 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3760 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3761 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3762 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3763 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3765 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3770 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3772 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3773 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3775 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3778 bfd_vma got_address
;
3780 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3781 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3782 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3785 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3786 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3787 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3788 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3795 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3796 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3797 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3798 the current linking stage. */
3800 static bfd_size_type
3801 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3803 bfd_size_type count
;
3806 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3807 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3810 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3812 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3813 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3814 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3815 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3816 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3817 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3823 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3824 appear towards the end. */
3827 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3829 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3830 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3831 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3833 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3834 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3836 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3844 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3845 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3846 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3847 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3848 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3849 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3850 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3851 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3853 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3854 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3855 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3856 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3857 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3858 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3860 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3861 table index in the GOT. */
3862 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3867 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3868 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3872 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3874 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3876 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3878 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3881 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3884 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3885 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3887 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3891 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3892 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3895 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3896 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3897 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3898 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3905 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3906 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3907 hash table directly). */
3910 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3911 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3913 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3914 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3915 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3916 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3918 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3919 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3921 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3925 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3926 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3929 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3933 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3934 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3939 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3940 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3944 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3953 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3954 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3955 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3958 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3959 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3960 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3962 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3963 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3964 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3965 unsigned char tls_type
;
3967 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3968 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3970 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3972 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3974 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3976 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3978 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3982 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3985 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3989 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3990 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3991 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3995 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3996 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3997 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4000 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4001 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4004 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4005 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4007 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4008 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4009 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4011 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4012 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4015 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4018 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4019 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4020 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4021 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4024 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4025 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4029 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4030 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4031 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4034 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4035 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4036 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4038 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4039 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4041 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4042 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4047 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4051 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4052 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4054 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4055 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4059 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4062 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4070 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4071 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4075 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4085 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4088 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4092 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4094 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4095 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4097 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4098 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4100 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4101 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4106 /* Make room for a null element. */
4107 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4110 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4114 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4115 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4116 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4117 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4120 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4122 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4123 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4125 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4126 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4127 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4132 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4133 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4139 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4143 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4144 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4145 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4146 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4149 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4151 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4152 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4155 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4156 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4157 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4158 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4159 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4160 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4169 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4170 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4172 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4173 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4176 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4184 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4186 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4195 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4200 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4203 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4205 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4208 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4211 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4212 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4214 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4215 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4216 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4217 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4220 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4222 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4226 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4227 seen the section. */
4228 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4231 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4239 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4241 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4242 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4243 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4245 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4246 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4247 a new singleton range. */
4249 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4251 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4255 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4256 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4257 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4265 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4266 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4268 /* Update the ranges. */
4269 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4270 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4271 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4273 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4275 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4276 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4277 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4280 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4283 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4284 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4285 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4287 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4288 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4294 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4295 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4296 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4297 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4300 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4302 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4303 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4304 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4308 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4309 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4310 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4312 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4314 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4316 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4318 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4321 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4323 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4325 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4328 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4329 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4333 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4335 /* Read in the symbol. */
4336 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4344 /* Get the associated input section. */
4345 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4352 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4353 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4354 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4355 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4356 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4360 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4361 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4362 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4363 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4365 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4366 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4369 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4371 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4379 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4380 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4381 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4382 that they require. */
4385 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4386 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4388 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4389 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4396 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4400 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4401 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4402 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4403 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4406 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4410 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4413 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4414 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4415 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4420 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4425 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4429 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4430 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4432 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4433 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4434 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4435 symbols later if appropriate. */
4436 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4439 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4440 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4441 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4442 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4443 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4446 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4447 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4448 the local rather than global GOT. */
4449 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4455 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4456 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4457 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4458 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4459 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4462 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4464 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4466 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4468 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4469 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4471 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4473 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4474 local or global GOT. */
4475 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4476 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4477 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4478 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4479 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4480 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4481 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4482 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4483 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4484 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4485 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4486 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4487 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4489 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4496 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4497 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4500 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4502 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4503 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4506 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4507 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4508 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4517 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4522 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4523 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4526 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4528 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4529 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4532 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4533 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4534 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4543 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4548 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4549 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4550 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4551 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4555 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4556 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4557 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4559 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4560 unsigned int estimate
;
4562 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4563 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4564 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4565 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4567 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4569 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4570 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4572 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4573 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4574 conservatively as well. */
4575 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4576 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4578 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4580 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4581 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4584 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4585 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4587 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4591 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4595 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4599 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4600 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4601 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4602 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4603 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4604 and then make make the new got current. */
4607 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4608 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4610 unsigned int estimate
;
4613 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4616 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4617 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4618 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4619 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4620 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4622 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4623 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4624 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4625 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4626 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4628 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4630 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4631 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4638 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4639 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4644 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4647 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4652 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4653 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4654 overflows anyway. */
4655 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4661 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4662 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4663 an index in a different GOT. */
4666 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4668 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4670 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4671 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4673 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4675 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4679 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4680 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4683 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4687 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4688 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4689 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4692 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4694 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4695 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4697 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4698 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4699 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4702 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4703 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4709 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4710 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4714 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4715 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4716 symbol to DATA->value. */
4719 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4721 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4722 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4724 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4725 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4726 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4727 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4728 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4729 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4733 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4734 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4735 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4736 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4739 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4741 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4742 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4744 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4745 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4746 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4747 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4748 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4750 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4755 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4757 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4758 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4759 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4760 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4761 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4767 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4768 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4769 lazy-binding stubs. */
4772 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4775 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4776 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4778 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4779 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4780 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4781 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4783 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4784 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4785 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4787 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4788 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4794 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4797 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4802 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4806 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4810 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4811 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4814 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4815 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4818 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4819 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4821 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4822 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4823 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4824 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4825 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4828 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4829 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4830 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4835 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4836 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4837 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4838 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4839 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4840 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4841 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4842 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4843 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4845 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4847 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4848 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4849 to be the primary GOT. */
4850 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4852 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4853 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4857 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4858 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4859 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4861 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4862 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4864 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4868 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4869 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4870 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4871 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4873 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4875 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4876 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4877 those that are actually referenced. */
4878 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4879 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4882 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4883 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4884 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4885 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4887 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4888 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4889 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4890 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4891 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4892 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4893 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4894 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4895 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4896 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4897 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4898 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4899 points back to the master GOT. */
4900 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4901 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4908 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4910 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4911 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4912 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4913 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4914 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4915 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4917 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4918 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4919 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4924 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4925 all non-TLS entries. */
4926 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4928 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4929 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4932 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4934 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4937 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4938 lazy-binding stubs. */
4940 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4944 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4947 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4949 unsigned int save_assign
;
4951 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4952 relocations they need. */
4953 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4954 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4956 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4958 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4961 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4962 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4964 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4966 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4967 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4968 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4969 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4970 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4972 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4974 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4977 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4984 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4985 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4987 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4988 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4989 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4990 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4992 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4994 while (relocation
< relend
)
4996 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4997 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5003 /* We didn't find it. */
5007 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5010 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5011 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5012 asection
**local_sections
)
5014 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5018 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5019 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5020 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5022 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5024 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5030 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5033 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5035 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5036 /* VALUE is negative. */
5037 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5042 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5043 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5047 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5049 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5051 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5052 /* The value is too big. */
5054 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5055 /* The value is too small. */
5062 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5065 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5067 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5070 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5073 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5076 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5083 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5086 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5089 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5096 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5099 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5100 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5103 register asection
*s
;
5105 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5107 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5110 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5112 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5113 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5116 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5122 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5125 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5128 register asection
*s
;
5129 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5130 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5131 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5133 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5134 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5136 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5137 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5140 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5141 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5143 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5144 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5145 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5147 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5149 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5151 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5152 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5153 are not creating a global offset table. */
5155 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5156 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5157 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5160 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5163 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5164 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5165 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5167 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5168 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5171 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5172 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5173 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5175 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5176 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5177 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5180 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5183 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5188 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5189 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5190 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5193 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5195 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5196 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5197 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5198 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5201 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5202 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5203 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5207 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5208 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5210 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5211 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5212 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5213 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5214 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5215 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5222 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5223 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5225 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5226 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5227 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5228 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5232 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5239 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5240 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5241 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5243 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5244 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5245 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5247 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5248 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5249 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5250 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5252 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5253 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5254 asection
*input_section
,
5255 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5256 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5257 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5258 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5259 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5261 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5262 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5264 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5266 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5269 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5270 shared object file being produced. */
5272 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5275 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5277 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5278 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5279 during execution. */
5280 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5281 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5283 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5284 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5285 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5287 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5288 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5290 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5291 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5292 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5294 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5295 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5296 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5298 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5300 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5301 relocation value. */
5302 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5303 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5304 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5305 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5306 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5308 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5310 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5311 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5312 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5314 /* Parse the relocation. */
5315 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5316 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5317 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5318 + input_section
->output_offset
5319 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5321 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5322 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5324 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5325 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5326 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5327 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5329 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5330 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5331 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5334 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5335 must come before globals. */
5339 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5342 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5343 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5345 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5346 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5348 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5350 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5351 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5352 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5353 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5355 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5357 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5360 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5361 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5364 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5365 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5366 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5368 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5369 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5371 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5372 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5373 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5375 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5376 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5378 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5379 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5380 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5382 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5383 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5385 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5388 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5389 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5394 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5396 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5397 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5398 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5399 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5400 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5401 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5402 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5404 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5405 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5407 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5408 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5409 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5410 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5412 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5413 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5414 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5415 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5419 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5420 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5421 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5422 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5425 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5426 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5427 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5429 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5430 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5431 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5433 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5434 if (sec
->output_section
)
5435 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5436 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5437 + sec
->output_offset
);
5439 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5441 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5442 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5443 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5444 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5447 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5448 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5450 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5451 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5453 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5454 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5455 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5456 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5457 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5459 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5460 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5463 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5465 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5466 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5467 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5468 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5469 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5470 which is available from here:
5471 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5476 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5477 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
5478 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
);
5480 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5481 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5482 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5484 if (reject_undefined
)
5485 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5490 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5491 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5494 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5495 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5497 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5499 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5500 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5502 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5503 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5504 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5506 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5507 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5509 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5510 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5511 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5513 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5514 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5518 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5523 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5526 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5527 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5528 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5529 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5538 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5539 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5540 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5542 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5543 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5544 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5545 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5546 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5547 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5549 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5550 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5551 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5554 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5557 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5558 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5560 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5565 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5567 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5569 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5576 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5579 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5582 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5583 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5585 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5587 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5588 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5589 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5591 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5592 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5593 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5594 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5597 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5598 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5599 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5600 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5602 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5603 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5604 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5607 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5608 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5610 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5612 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5613 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5614 + sec
->output_offset
5615 + htab
->plt_header_size
5616 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5617 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5620 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5621 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5624 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5625 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5626 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5629 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5630 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5633 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5634 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5635 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5636 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5637 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5639 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5640 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5641 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5642 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5643 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5644 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5645 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5646 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5647 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5648 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5650 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5652 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5653 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5655 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5660 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5661 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5662 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5663 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5665 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5666 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5670 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5671 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
,
5674 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5675 to need it, get it now. */
5678 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5679 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5682 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5683 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5684 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5685 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5686 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5689 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5690 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5691 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5693 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5695 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5696 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5697 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5698 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5699 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5700 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5701 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5702 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5703 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5704 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5706 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5707 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5709 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5713 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5714 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5715 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5716 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5717 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5718 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5720 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5721 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5722 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5726 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5727 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5729 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5730 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5731 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5732 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5735 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5736 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5737 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5741 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5742 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5744 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5747 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5748 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5752 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5753 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5754 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5756 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5760 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5761 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5763 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5764 + input_section
->output_offset
5765 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5766 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5767 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5768 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5770 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5771 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5773 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5774 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5777 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5780 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5784 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5787 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5788 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5789 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5790 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5796 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5797 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5799 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5800 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5801 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5802 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5804 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5805 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
5806 && !resolved_to_zero
))
5807 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5809 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5810 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5811 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5812 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5813 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5814 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5816 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5824 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5828 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5829 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5833 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5837 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5838 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5842 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5843 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5844 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5845 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5846 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5848 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5852 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5853 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5855 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5856 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5861 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5862 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5864 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5865 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5866 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5867 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5868 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5871 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5872 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5873 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5877 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5878 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5879 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5880 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5886 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5888 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5889 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5892 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5893 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5894 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5895 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5899 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5900 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5901 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5902 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5903 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5904 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5909 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5912 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5913 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5917 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5918 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5919 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5923 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5924 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5925 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5926 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5927 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5928 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5929 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5930 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5931 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5932 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5933 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5935 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5941 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5942 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5944 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5947 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5948 for this conditional. */
5949 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5950 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5951 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5952 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5953 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5955 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5956 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5957 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5958 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5959 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5962 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5963 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5966 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5967 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5968 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5969 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5970 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5971 not check for overflow here. */
5975 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5976 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5977 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5978 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5979 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5984 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5985 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5986 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5987 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5988 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5989 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5990 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5991 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5992 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5993 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5994 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5995 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5996 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5997 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5998 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5999 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6000 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6001 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6005 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6006 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6009 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6010 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6013 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6014 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6015 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6016 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6017 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6019 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6020 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6021 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6022 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6024 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6025 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6032 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6033 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6034 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6035 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6036 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6037 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6038 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6039 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6040 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6041 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6043 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6046 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6047 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6049 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6053 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6054 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6055 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6057 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6058 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6059 will never trigger for them. */
6060 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6061 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6062 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6063 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6065 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6066 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6067 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6068 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6069 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6072 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6073 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6074 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6076 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6077 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6078 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6079 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6080 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6082 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6083 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6084 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6085 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6086 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6089 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6090 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6091 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6093 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6094 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6096 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6097 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6098 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6099 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6100 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6103 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6104 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6105 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6107 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6108 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6110 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6111 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6112 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6113 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6114 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6117 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6118 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6119 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6121 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6122 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6124 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6125 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6126 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6127 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6128 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6131 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6132 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6133 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6135 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6136 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6138 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6139 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6140 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6141 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6142 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6146 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6147 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6148 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6149 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6153 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6154 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6155 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6156 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6159 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6160 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6161 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6163 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6164 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6165 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6166 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6167 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6169 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6170 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6171 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6172 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6173 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6176 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6177 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6178 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6180 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6181 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6182 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6183 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6184 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6186 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6187 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6188 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6189 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6190 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6194 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6195 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6197 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6198 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6199 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6200 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6201 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6203 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6204 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6205 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6206 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6207 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6210 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6211 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6212 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6213 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6214 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6215 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6216 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6217 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6220 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6221 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6222 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6223 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6224 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6225 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6226 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6228 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6229 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6232 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6233 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6234 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6235 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6236 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6239 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6240 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6241 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6242 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6243 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6244 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6245 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6248 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6249 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6251 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6254 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6258 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6259 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6260 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6264 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6265 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6266 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6269 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6270 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6271 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6272 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6275 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6276 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6277 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6278 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6282 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6283 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6284 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6285 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6286 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6287 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6288 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6289 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6290 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6291 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6292 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6293 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6294 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6298 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6299 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6300 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6301 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6304 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6305 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6308 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6310 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6313 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6316 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6317 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6318 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6321 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6322 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6324 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6326 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6331 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6332 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6333 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6335 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6336 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6338 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6341 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6342 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6343 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6344 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6345 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6346 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6350 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6353 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6354 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6356 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6358 /* Obtain the current value. */
6359 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6361 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6362 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6364 /* Set the field. */
6365 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6367 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6368 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6370 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6372 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6373 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6376 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6377 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6378 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6382 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6385 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6386 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6388 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6389 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6391 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6394 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6396 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6401 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6405 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6406 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6409 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6410 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6411 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6412 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6416 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6417 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6419 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6421 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6422 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6423 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6424 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6428 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6430 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6435 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6437 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6443 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6445 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6446 + input_section
->output_offset
6447 + relocation
->r_offset
6450 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6452 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6454 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6455 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6456 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6457 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6461 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6462 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6464 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6466 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6467 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6468 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6473 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6475 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6476 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6477 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6478 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6479 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6480 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6481 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6482 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6483 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6484 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6485 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6491 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6492 + input_section
->output_offset
6493 + relocation
->r_offset
6495 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6496 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6500 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6502 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6503 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6505 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6509 /* Put the value into the output. */
6510 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6512 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6514 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6520 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6521 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6522 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6523 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6526 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6527 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6528 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6530 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6531 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6533 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6538 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6541 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6542 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6544 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6545 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6546 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6547 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6548 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6549 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6552 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6553 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6554 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6556 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6557 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6558 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6559 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6562 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6563 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6566 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6568 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6569 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6570 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6575 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6576 in the relocation. */
6577 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6579 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6580 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6581 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6582 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6584 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6585 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6586 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6587 undefined symbols. */
6592 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6594 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6596 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6601 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6604 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6605 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6611 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6612 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6613 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6614 local symbols because we used to generate them
6615 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6616 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6617 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6618 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6619 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6620 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6622 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6623 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6624 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6625 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6626 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6631 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6632 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6633 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6634 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6635 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6638 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6639 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6640 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6642 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6643 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6644 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6647 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6648 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6649 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6650 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6651 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6652 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6653 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6654 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6655 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6656 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6657 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6658 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6659 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6660 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6663 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6665 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6666 correct location in the output file. */
6667 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6668 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6669 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6670 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6671 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6672 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6674 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6675 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6676 relocation format is non-standard. */
6677 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6679 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6680 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6682 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6684 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6686 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6687 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6688 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6689 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6691 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6694 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6695 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6696 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6698 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6699 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6701 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6702 will be writing to it. */
6703 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6706 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6707 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6709 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6714 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6716 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6717 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6718 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6719 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6720 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6721 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6723 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6724 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6725 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6727 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6728 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6729 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6730 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6731 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6732 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6733 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6737 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6738 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6740 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6741 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6746 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6749 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6751 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6753 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6754 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6756 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6757 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6759 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6760 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6762 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6763 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6765 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6766 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6768 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6769 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6771 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6772 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6774 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6775 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6777 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6778 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6780 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6781 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6783 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6784 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6786 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6787 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6789 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6790 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6792 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6793 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6795 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6796 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6798 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6799 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6801 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6802 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6804 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6805 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6807 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
6808 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
6811 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6815 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6818 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6821 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6824 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6827 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6829 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6830 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6832 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6833 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6835 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6836 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6838 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6839 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6841 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6842 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6844 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6845 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6852 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6854 static INLINE
char *
6855 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6859 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6860 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6863 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6865 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6869 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6871 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6873 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6875 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6878 return "unknown abi";
6882 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6883 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6884 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6885 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6886 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6887 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6888 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6889 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6891 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6892 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6893 definition in a shared library. */
6894 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6895 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6896 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6898 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6901 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6903 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6905 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6906 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6907 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6909 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6910 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6911 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6912 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6913 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6914 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6915 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6917 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6918 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6919 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6920 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6921 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6922 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6923 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6924 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6925 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6926 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6928 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6932 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6933 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6934 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6935 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6936 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6939 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6940 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6942 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6943 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6944 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6945 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6946 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6947 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6948 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6949 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6950 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6951 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6953 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6954 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6957 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6958 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6963 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6965 if (section
!= NULL
)
6967 asym
->section
= section
;
6968 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6969 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
6970 base address to make it an offset. */
6971 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6978 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6980 if (section
!= NULL
)
6982 asym
->section
= section
;
6983 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6984 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
6985 base address to make it an offset. */
6986 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6992 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6993 or microMIPS one. */
6994 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6995 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6998 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6999 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7000 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7002 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7003 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7007 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7008 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7010 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7011 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7012 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7013 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7014 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7016 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7017 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7018 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7019 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7021 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7022 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7023 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7024 We therefore take the following approach:
7026 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7027 determine the pointer size.
7029 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7030 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7034 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7035 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7036 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7037 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7038 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7040 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7041 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7045 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7047 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7049 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7051 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7053 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7054 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7055 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7062 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7063 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7064 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7073 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7074 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7075 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7077 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7078 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7081 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7082 will jump there rather than to .text.
7084 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7085 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7088 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7090 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7093 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7094 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7095 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7099 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7101 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7102 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7106 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7108 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7111 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7112 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7113 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7114 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7115 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7120 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7123 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7124 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7128 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7129 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7130 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7131 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7133 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7135 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7136 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7137 so that we don't have to read them again.
7138 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7139 through the section contents to see if there is an
7140 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7142 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7144 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7145 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7147 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7149 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7151 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7154 /* xgettext:c-format */
7155 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7157 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7160 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7167 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7168 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7171 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7172 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7175 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7182 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7183 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7186 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7187 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7194 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7196 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7198 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7199 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7200 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7201 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7202 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7203 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7204 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7205 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7206 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7207 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7208 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7209 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7210 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7211 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7213 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7215 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7217 unsigned int adjust
;
7219 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7221 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7229 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7230 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7231 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7233 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7237 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7238 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7244 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7245 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7246 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7247 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7248 probably get away with this. */
7249 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7251 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7252 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7256 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7259 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7260 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7263 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7264 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7267 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7268 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7271 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7272 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7274 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7276 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7277 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7278 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7280 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7282 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7283 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7286 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7287 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7290 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7291 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7294 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7295 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7297 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7299 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7300 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7301 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7304 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7305 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7308 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7309 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7310 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7317 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7322 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7323 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7329 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7331 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7333 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7334 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7336 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7337 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7338 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7340 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7343 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7345 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7346 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7347 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7348 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7349 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7351 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7354 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7355 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7357 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7358 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7361 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7362 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7363 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7364 they should agree. */
7365 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7367 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7369 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7370 if (contents
== NULL
)
7372 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7379 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7380 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7382 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7384 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7386 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7389 /* xgettext:c-format */
7390 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7392 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7395 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7397 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7399 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7401 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7402 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7404 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7406 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7408 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7410 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7412 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7413 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7415 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7425 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7426 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7427 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7430 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7432 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7434 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7436 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7437 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7438 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7440 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7441 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7442 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7444 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7445 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7446 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7448 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7449 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7450 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7452 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7453 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7454 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7455 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7456 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7458 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7460 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7462 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7463 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7464 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7465 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7467 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7468 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7470 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7473 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7475 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7476 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7477 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7478 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7480 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7481 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7483 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7484 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7487 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7488 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7489 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7490 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7491 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7492 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7493 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7494 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7496 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7497 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7499 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7501 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7502 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7503 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7505 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7507 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7508 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7509 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7511 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7513 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7514 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7516 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7517 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7519 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7521 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7522 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7523 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7524 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7525 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7527 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7529 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7530 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7531 final_write_processing. */
7533 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7534 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7536 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7537 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7538 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7540 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7542 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7543 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7544 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7547 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7548 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7549 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7550 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7551 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7556 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7557 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7558 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7559 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7560 the .scommon section. */
7563 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7564 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7566 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7568 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7571 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7573 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7579 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7580 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7583 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7584 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7585 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7586 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7588 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7589 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7590 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7592 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7597 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7598 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7599 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7600 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7601 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7602 is not done for them. */
7604 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7605 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7611 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7614 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7615 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7616 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7617 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7618 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7621 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7622 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7623 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7624 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7628 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7629 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7631 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7632 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7633 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7635 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7636 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7639 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7640 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7641 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7644 /* Initialize the section. */
7646 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7647 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7649 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7650 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7652 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7653 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7654 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7655 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7656 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7657 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7658 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7660 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7661 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7662 so I took it out. */
7663 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7666 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7667 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7669 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7670 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7672 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7673 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7674 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7676 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7677 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7680 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7681 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7682 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7685 /* Initialize the section. */
7687 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7688 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7690 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7691 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7693 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7694 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7695 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7696 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7697 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7698 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7699 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7701 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7702 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7703 so I took it out. */
7704 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7707 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7708 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7712 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7713 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7714 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7715 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7718 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7720 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7722 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7723 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7724 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7727 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7730 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7732 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7735 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7736 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7739 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7740 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7741 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7742 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7748 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7749 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7750 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7753 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7754 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7755 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7756 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7758 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7759 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7760 common in the output file. */
7761 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7762 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7763 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7765 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7766 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7771 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7773 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7776 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7778 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7779 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7781 register asection
*s
;
7782 const char * const *namep
;
7783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7786 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7788 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7789 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7791 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7793 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7795 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7798 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7803 /* We need to create .got section. */
7804 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7807 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7810 /* Create .stub section. */
7811 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7812 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7815 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7816 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7820 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7821 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7822 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7824 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7825 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7827 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7828 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7832 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7833 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7834 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7835 the linker takes such action. */
7836 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7838 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7841 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7842 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7843 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7846 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7850 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7852 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7856 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7857 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7859 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7863 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7864 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7866 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7868 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7870 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7872 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7874 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7877 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7879 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7881 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7883 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7886 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7890 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7892 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7893 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7894 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7897 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7900 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7902 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7905 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7907 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7908 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7909 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7910 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7911 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7912 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7914 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7916 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7917 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7918 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7921 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7924 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7926 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7928 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7932 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7933 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7934 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7937 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7938 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7939 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7945 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7946 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7947 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7950 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7951 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7952 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7954 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7955 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7957 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7958 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7959 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7960 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7962 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7963 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7964 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7967 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7968 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7969 of the section that REL is against. */
7972 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7973 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7976 unsigned int r_type
;
7980 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7981 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7983 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7984 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7985 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7986 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7988 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7990 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7992 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7998 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7999 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8000 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8001 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8002 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8005 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8006 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8007 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8008 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8010 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8011 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8012 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8015 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8016 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8017 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8018 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8019 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8020 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8021 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8023 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8025 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8026 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8027 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8030 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8032 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8033 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8034 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8035 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8036 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8037 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8039 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8040 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8041 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8042 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8043 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8046 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8047 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8048 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8050 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8051 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8058 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8059 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8060 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8063 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8068 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8069 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8071 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8075 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8078 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8080 static struct plt_entry
*
8081 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8083 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8085 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8089 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8090 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8091 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8092 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8096 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8097 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8098 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8101 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8102 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8106 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8107 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8109 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8110 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8113 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8116 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8118 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8121 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8122 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8124 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8125 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8126 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8127 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8129 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8130 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8132 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8134 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8135 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8137 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8139 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8142 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8146 /* xgettext:c-format */
8147 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8148 " stub section `%s'"),
8150 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8154 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8155 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8159 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8160 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8161 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8162 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8164 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8165 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8167 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8168 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8169 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8170 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8174 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8176 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8179 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8180 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8181 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8182 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8185 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8194 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8195 not need it. Since this function is called before
8196 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8197 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8199 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8203 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8205 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8207 unsigned long symcount
;
8211 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8212 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8214 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8215 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8216 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8219 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8222 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8223 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8225 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8226 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8227 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8228 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8232 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8234 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8235 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8237 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8238 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8239 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8241 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8243 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8244 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8245 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8246 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8247 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8248 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8250 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8254 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8256 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8259 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8261 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8262 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8265 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8268 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8272 /* xgettext:c-format */
8273 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8274 " stub section `%s'"),
8276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8280 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8281 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8285 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8286 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8287 that refers to this symbol. */
8288 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8290 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8291 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8293 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8294 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8295 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8296 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8300 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8302 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8305 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8306 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8307 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8308 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8311 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8320 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8321 not need it. Since this function is called before
8322 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8323 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8325 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8329 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8331 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8333 unsigned long symcount
;
8337 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8338 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8340 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8341 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8342 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8345 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8348 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8349 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8351 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8352 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8353 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8354 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8358 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8359 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8361 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8363 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8364 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8366 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8368 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8369 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8370 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8371 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8372 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8375 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8379 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8381 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8387 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8389 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8390 unsigned int r_type
;
8391 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8392 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8393 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8394 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8396 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8397 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8399 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8401 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8404 /* xgettext:c-format */
8405 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8412 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8415 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8416 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8417 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8421 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8422 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8423 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8425 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8426 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8427 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8429 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8430 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8431 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8432 .debug* should have no effect. */
8433 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8438 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8439 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8440 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8442 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8443 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8444 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8450 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8451 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8452 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8453 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8455 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8456 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8457 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8458 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8459 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8460 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8461 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8463 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8465 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8466 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8467 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8468 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8470 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8471 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8473 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8476 /* xgettext:c-format */
8477 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8478 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8479 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8482 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8487 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8488 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8489 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8490 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8493 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8494 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8495 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8496 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8497 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8498 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8499 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8500 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8501 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8502 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8508 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8509 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8510 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8512 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8513 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8514 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8515 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8516 against a read-only section. */
8517 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8519 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8520 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8521 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8522 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8523 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8524 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8526 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8528 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8534 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8535 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8537 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8538 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8539 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8540 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8541 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8542 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8543 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8549 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8551 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8552 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8555 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8557 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8558 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8559 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8560 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8561 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8562 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8565 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8566 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8567 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8568 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8572 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8576 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8577 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8578 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8579 relocations against the text segment. */
8580 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8583 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8584 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8585 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8586 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8588 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8589 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8590 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8591 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8592 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8593 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8594 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8595 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8596 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8597 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8602 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8603 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8604 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8609 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8610 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8614 /* xgettext:c-format */
8615 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8616 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8622 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8623 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8624 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8625 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8628 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8629 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8630 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8631 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8635 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8636 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8637 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8643 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8644 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8645 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8647 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8648 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8649 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8650 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8651 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8652 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8654 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8655 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8656 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8658 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8660 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8662 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8663 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8665 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8666 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8669 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8672 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8673 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8679 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8680 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8682 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8683 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8684 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8685 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8689 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8690 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8693 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8694 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8695 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8700 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8701 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8702 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8703 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8704 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8707 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8708 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8709 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8710 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8712 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8718 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8719 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8720 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8721 for TLS GD relocations. */
8724 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8730 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8740 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8741 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8742 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8743 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8747 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8751 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8753 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8754 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8755 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8756 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8757 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8758 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8759 relocations against the text segment. */
8760 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8764 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8766 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8767 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8768 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8769 it will be left as zero.
8771 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8772 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8774 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8775 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8777 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8778 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8779 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8780 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8781 are relocations against the text segment. */
8782 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8786 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8787 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8788 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8792 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8793 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8794 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8795 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8796 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8797 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8798 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8799 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8800 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8801 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8804 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8805 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8806 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8807 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8811 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8812 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8813 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8814 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8816 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8824 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8825 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8826 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8827 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8828 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8829 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8832 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8833 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8834 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8835 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8837 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8838 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8839 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8842 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8843 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8845 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8848 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8849 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8850 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8851 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8853 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8854 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8856 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8858 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8859 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8862 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8863 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8864 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8865 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8866 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8867 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8874 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8875 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8876 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8877 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8878 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8879 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8880 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8883 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8884 and has a special meaning. */
8885 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8886 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8889 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8890 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8897 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8898 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8900 /* xgettext:c-format */
8901 (_("%pB: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used"
8902 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8904 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8905 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8916 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8919 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8921 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8924 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8926 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8927 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8929 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8930 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8932 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8933 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8934 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8937 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8938 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8939 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8942 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8943 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8944 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8945 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
8946 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8947 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8948 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8949 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
8951 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8953 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8955 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
8956 we are not going to export. */
8957 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8960 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8962 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8964 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8971 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8972 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8973 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8974 relocations against it.
8976 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8977 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8979 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8981 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8982 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8983 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8986 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8987 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8988 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8989 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8990 against the text segment. */
8991 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8998 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8999 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9000 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9001 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9005 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9009 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9010 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9013 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9014 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9016 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9017 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9019 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9020 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9025 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9027 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9029 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9030 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9031 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9032 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9033 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9035 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9036 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9037 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9039 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9042 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9043 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9044 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9045 executable and the shared library. */
9047 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9049 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9050 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9054 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9055 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9057 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9058 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9059 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9060 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9061 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9062 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9063 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9064 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9065 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9066 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9067 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9068 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9069 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9071 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9072 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9074 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9075 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9076 for PLT offset calculations. */
9077 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9079 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9080 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9082 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9083 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9084 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9085 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9086 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9087 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9090 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9091 for the same reason as above. */
9092 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9093 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9096 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9098 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9100 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9101 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9103 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9104 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9105 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9106 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9108 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9109 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9110 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9111 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9112 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9113 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9114 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9116 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9117 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9118 else if (!micromips_p
)
9120 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9121 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9122 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9123 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9125 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9127 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9128 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9129 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9130 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9134 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9135 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9136 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9137 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9141 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9142 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9143 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9146 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9147 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9149 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9150 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9151 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9152 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9157 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9159 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9160 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9163 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9164 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9165 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9166 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9167 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9168 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9169 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9172 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9174 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9177 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9179 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9180 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9182 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9184 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9185 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9188 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9189 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9191 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9192 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9193 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9194 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9196 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9197 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9198 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9199 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9201 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9202 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9203 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9205 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9206 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9207 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9212 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9213 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9214 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9215 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9217 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9218 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9219 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9220 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9224 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9225 in regular objects. */
9229 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9230 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9231 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9234 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9235 some that we can't convert. */
9236 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9238 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9239 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9240 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9245 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9246 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9247 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9248 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9249 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9250 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9251 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9252 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9253 same memory location for the variable. */
9255 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9257 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9258 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9262 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9263 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9265 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9267 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9268 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9270 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9274 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9275 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9276 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9278 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9281 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9282 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9283 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9286 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9287 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9290 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9291 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9293 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9294 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9296 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9297 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9300 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9301 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9304 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9305 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9308 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
,
9309 sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9310 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9314 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9316 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9317 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9324 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9327 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9331 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9332 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9333 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9335 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9336 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9338 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9339 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9341 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9345 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9348 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9349 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9350 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9351 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9352 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9354 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9355 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9356 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9358 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9359 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9360 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9362 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9365 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9366 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9368 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9370 asection
*subsection
;
9372 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9374 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9376 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9378 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9379 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9383 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9384 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9385 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9386 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9389 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9390 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9391 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9393 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9395 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9396 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9398 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9399 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9401 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9402 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9403 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9405 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9406 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9408 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9410 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9415 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9416 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9417 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9418 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9419 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9420 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9422 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9423 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9426 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9427 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9430 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9431 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9433 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9434 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9435 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9437 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9439 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9445 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9448 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9450 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9451 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9453 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9454 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9456 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9459 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9460 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9461 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9463 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9464 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9465 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9467 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9468 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9470 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9471 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9472 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9473 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9474 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9475 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9476 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9477 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9478 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9479 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9480 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9481 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9482 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9484 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9485 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9486 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9488 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9491 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9492 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9493 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9496 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9498 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9499 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9500 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9504 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9505 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9506 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9508 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9510 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9511 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9512 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9514 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9515 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9516 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9517 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9522 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9523 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9524 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9525 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9526 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9531 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9532 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9535 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9537 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9538 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9539 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9540 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9541 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9542 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9543 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9546 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9547 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9549 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9552 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9554 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9556 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9559 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9560 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9561 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9563 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9564 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9565 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9568 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9575 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9576 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9577 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9578 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9581 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9583 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9584 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9585 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9590 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9591 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9593 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9595 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9596 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9597 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9599 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9600 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9603 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9609 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9610 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9613 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9614 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9616 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9619 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9620 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9621 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9627 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9630 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9631 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9634 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9635 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9636 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9638 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9639 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9640 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9641 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9643 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9645 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9646 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9648 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9649 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9651 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9653 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9656 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9657 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9658 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9659 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9660 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9661 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9663 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9664 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9666 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9667 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9668 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9670 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9671 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9672 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9673 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9677 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9678 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9679 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9681 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9682 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9683 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9684 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9685 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9686 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9687 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9688 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9689 else if (!micromips_p
)
9690 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9691 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9692 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9694 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9696 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9697 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9698 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9699 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9700 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9701 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9702 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9704 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9706 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9708 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9709 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9710 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9715 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9716 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9722 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9723 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9725 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9727 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9730 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9732 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9733 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9736 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9740 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9741 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9742 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9744 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9747 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9751 const char *outname
;
9754 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9755 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9756 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9757 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9758 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9760 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9762 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9764 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9765 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9766 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9769 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9770 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9771 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9774 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9775 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9776 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9777 will move them around between input sections'
9778 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9779 broken, so don't let it run. */
9780 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9783 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9784 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9785 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9787 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9788 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9789 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9791 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9792 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9793 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9794 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9796 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9797 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9798 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9799 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9800 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9803 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9804 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9805 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9806 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9807 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9808 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9810 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9816 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9820 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9823 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9824 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9825 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9827 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9832 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9834 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9835 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9836 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9837 the .dynamic section. */
9839 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9840 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9841 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9842 may only look at the first one they see. */
9843 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9844 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9847 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9848 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9851 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9852 used by the debugger. */
9853 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9854 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9855 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9858 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9859 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9861 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9866 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9867 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9868 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9869 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9870 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9873 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9876 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9877 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9879 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9880 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9881 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9883 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9886 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9889 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9895 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9897 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9900 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9903 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9907 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9910 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9913 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9916 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9919 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9922 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9925 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9928 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9929 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9932 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9933 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9934 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9935 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9938 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
9940 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9943 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9946 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9949 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9952 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9953 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9960 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9961 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9962 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9963 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9966 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9967 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9968 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9970 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9971 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9974 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9976 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9977 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9978 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9979 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9981 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9982 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9985 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9986 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9988 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9989 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9991 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9992 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9995 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9996 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9997 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10001 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10002 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10003 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10004 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10005 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10006 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10007 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10008 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10009 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10010 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10011 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10013 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10014 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10015 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10018 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10019 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10020 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10021 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10022 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10023 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10024 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10025 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10027 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10028 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10029 unsigned int r_type
;
10032 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10034 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10035 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10037 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10043 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10044 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10045 howto
, i
, contents
);
10050 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10053 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10054 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10055 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10056 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10057 asection
**local_sections
)
10059 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10060 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10061 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10062 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10064 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10065 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10069 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10070 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10071 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10073 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10074 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10076 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10080 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10082 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10083 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10085 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10086 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10088 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10089 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10090 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10092 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10097 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10100 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10101 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10102 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10103 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10104 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10105 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10108 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10109 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10110 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10113 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10115 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10116 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10117 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10121 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10123 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10124 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10125 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10126 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10127 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10128 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10129 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10131 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10133 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10134 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10137 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10139 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10140 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10141 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10142 RELA relocation. */
10143 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10146 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10147 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10149 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10150 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10151 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10154 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10155 contents
, &addend
))
10158 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10160 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10161 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10164 /* xgettext:c-format */
10165 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10166 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10168 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10172 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10175 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10176 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10177 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10180 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10182 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10183 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10184 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10186 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10188 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10189 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10190 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10191 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10192 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10193 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10194 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10196 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10198 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10199 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10200 source of the addend in the final link. */
10201 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10203 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10204 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10205 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10206 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10207 but for endianness. */
10213 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10215 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10222 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10223 do two separate stores. */
10224 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10226 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10228 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10229 high_bits
= addend
;
10234 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10236 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10237 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10238 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10239 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10243 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10244 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10249 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10253 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10254 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10255 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10257 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10258 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10259 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10260 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10262 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10264 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10265 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10266 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10267 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10268 local_sections
, &value
,
10269 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10270 use_saved_addend_p
))
10272 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10273 /* There's nothing to do. */
10276 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10277 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10278 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10279 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10280 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10283 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10284 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10285 info
->callbacks
->warning
10286 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10289 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10290 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10291 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10292 a given location. */
10296 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10298 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10299 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10300 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10301 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10302 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10303 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10305 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10306 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10308 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10309 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10311 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10312 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10313 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10320 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10322 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10323 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10324 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10325 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10326 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10327 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10328 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10329 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10330 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10331 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10332 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10333 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10334 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10335 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10338 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10339 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10342 /* Fall through. */
10349 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10350 until we reach the last one. */
10351 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10357 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10358 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10359 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10360 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10361 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10362 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10363 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10364 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10370 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10372 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10379 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10380 do two separate stores. */
10381 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10383 /* Undo what we did above. */
10384 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10385 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10387 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10393 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10395 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10396 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10397 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10398 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10402 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10403 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10404 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10405 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10412 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10413 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10416 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10418 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10420 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10423 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10425 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10426 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10427 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10428 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10430 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10431 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10435 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10444 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10445 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10447 /* Work out the target address. */
10448 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10449 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10451 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10452 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10454 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10456 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10457 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10458 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10460 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10462 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10463 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10465 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10466 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10471 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10472 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10477 /* This is trampoline. */
10479 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10481 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10482 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10483 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10484 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10485 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10486 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10487 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10491 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10492 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10493 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10494 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10500 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10501 adjust it appropriately now. */
10504 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10505 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10507 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10508 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10509 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10512 "__dso_displacement",
10514 "__program_header_table",
10518 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10526 const char* const *p
;
10529 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10530 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10533 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10535 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10537 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10538 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10540 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10542 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10544 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10550 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10551 dynamic sections here. */
10554 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10555 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10556 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10557 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10561 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10564 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10565 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10567 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10568 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10569 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10570 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10572 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10574 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10575 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10576 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10578 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10580 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10581 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10585 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10587 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10588 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10589 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10590 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10591 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10593 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10594 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10595 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10596 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10598 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10599 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10600 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10601 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10603 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10604 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10606 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10607 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10608 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10609 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10612 /* xgettext:c-format */
10613 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10614 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10616 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10617 (int64_t) got_address
);
10618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10622 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10623 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10624 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10625 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10626 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10628 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10630 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10631 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10632 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10634 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10635 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10637 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10639 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10641 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10642 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10644 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10645 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10647 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10649 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10650 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10652 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10653 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10654 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10657 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10659 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10660 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10664 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10665 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10670 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10671 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10673 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10675 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10676 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10678 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10680 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10681 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10683 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10684 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10686 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10688 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10689 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10690 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10691 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10692 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10693 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10694 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10696 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10698 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10700 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10701 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10702 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10703 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10704 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10705 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10706 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10707 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10711 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10712 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10713 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10715 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10717 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10718 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10719 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10721 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10722 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10725 /* xgettext:c-format */
10726 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
10727 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10729 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10730 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
10731 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
10732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10735 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10736 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10737 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10738 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10739 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10740 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10741 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10745 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10746 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10747 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10748 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10750 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10751 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10752 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10753 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10754 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10755 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10756 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10764 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10766 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10767 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10768 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10769 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10770 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10771 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10772 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10775 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10776 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10777 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10779 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10781 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10783 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10785 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10787 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10788 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10790 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10793 /* Fill the stub. */
10797 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10802 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10803 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10808 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10811 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10813 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10815 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10816 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10822 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10828 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10832 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10833 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10834 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10835 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10836 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10838 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10839 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10840 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10843 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10844 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10851 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10853 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10855 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10857 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10861 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10864 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10865 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10866 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10867 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10869 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10870 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10873 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10877 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10878 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10881 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10882 only for the referenced symbol. */
10883 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10885 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10886 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10887 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10888 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10889 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10890 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10892 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10895 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10896 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10898 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10900 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10901 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10902 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10903 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10904 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10907 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10908 || h
->forced_local
);
10910 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
10911 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10912 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10914 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10915 the symbols that need them. */
10916 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10921 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10922 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10923 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10926 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10928 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10934 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10937 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10939 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10942 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10945 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10946 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
10947 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10948 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10950 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10951 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10953 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10954 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10955 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10956 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10957 appropriate addend. */
10958 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10960 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10961 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10962 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10964 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10965 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10968 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10969 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10970 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10974 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10975 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10980 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10981 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10982 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10983 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10984 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10985 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10986 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10988 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10989 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10992 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10994 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10995 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10997 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10998 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11000 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11002 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11004 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11005 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11006 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11007 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11009 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11011 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11012 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11013 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11014 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11018 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11024 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11025 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11027 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11028 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11029 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11030 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11031 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11032 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11035 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11036 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11037 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11039 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11040 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11041 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11043 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11044 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11046 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11048 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11049 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11055 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11058 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11059 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11060 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11061 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11065 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11066 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11069 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11070 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11071 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11072 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11074 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11077 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11078 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11079 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11080 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11081 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11083 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11084 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11086 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11087 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11088 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11089 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11091 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11092 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11093 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11096 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11097 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11098 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11099 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11101 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11102 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11103 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11105 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11106 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11107 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11109 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11110 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11111 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11112 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11114 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11115 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11117 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11119 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11120 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11121 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11125 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11127 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11128 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11129 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11131 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11132 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11133 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11134 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11135 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11136 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11137 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11138 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11140 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11141 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11143 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11144 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11145 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11146 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11147 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11149 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11150 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11151 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11152 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11153 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11154 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11156 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11157 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11159 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11160 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11163 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11164 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11165 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11166 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11167 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11169 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11171 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11172 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11175 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11177 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11178 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11179 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11181 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11182 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11185 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11189 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11190 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11191 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11193 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11194 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11195 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11196 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11197 + sgot
->output_offset
11199 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11200 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11201 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11204 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11207 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11211 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11213 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11214 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11215 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11216 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11218 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11219 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11221 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11222 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11223 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11224 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11227 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11228 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11229 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11234 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11237 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11240 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11241 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11242 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11244 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11245 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11247 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11248 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11249 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11250 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11251 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11252 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11253 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11254 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11256 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11258 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11259 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11260 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11261 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11262 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11264 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11265 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11266 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11267 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11270 /* xgettext:c-format */
11271 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11272 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11274 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11275 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11280 /* Install the PLT header. */
11281 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11282 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11284 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11285 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11288 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11290 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11291 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11292 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11294 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11295 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11298 /* xgettext:c-format */
11299 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11300 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11302 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11303 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11304 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11305 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11308 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11309 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11310 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11311 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11312 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11314 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11318 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11319 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11320 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11321 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11322 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11323 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11324 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11325 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11332 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11334 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11336 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11342 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11343 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11346 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11348 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11350 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11351 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11354 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11355 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11357 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11359 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11360 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11361 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11362 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11364 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11365 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11367 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11368 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11369 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11371 /* Install the PLT header. */
11372 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11373 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11374 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11375 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11376 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11377 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11378 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11380 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11381 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11382 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11383 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11385 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11386 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11388 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11389 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11390 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11391 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11392 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11393 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11395 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11396 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11397 in which symbols were output. */
11398 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11400 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11402 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11403 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11404 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11405 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11407 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11408 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11409 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11410 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11412 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11413 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11414 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11415 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11419 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11422 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11425 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11427 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11428 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11430 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11431 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11432 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11433 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11436 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11439 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11440 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11445 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11448 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11449 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11451 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11453 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11455 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11456 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11458 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11461 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11463 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11464 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11466 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11467 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11469 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11470 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11471 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11473 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11477 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11479 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11480 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11482 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11488 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11492 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11493 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11497 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11499 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11503 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11504 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11507 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11508 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11509 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11512 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11513 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11516 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11517 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11520 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11524 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11528 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11530 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11533 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11535 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11538 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11539 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11540 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11541 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11544 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11545 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11548 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11549 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11550 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11551 referenced within the same object. */
11552 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11555 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11556 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11558 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11561 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11562 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11563 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11564 /* Fall through. */
11566 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11568 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11569 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11572 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11574 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11577 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11578 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11581 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11584 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11587 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11588 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11591 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11593 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11595 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11596 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11600 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11602 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11603 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11604 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11607 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11608 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11611 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11613 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11614 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11615 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11616 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11617 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11618 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11619 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11623 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11624 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11625 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11626 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11630 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11631 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11632 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11634 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11638 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11639 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11643 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11644 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11645 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11649 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11650 the dynamic tag. */
11651 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11653 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11654 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11659 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11660 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11661 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11662 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11664 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11668 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11669 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11670 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11675 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11676 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11677 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11681 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11686 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11687 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11688 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11691 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11692 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11694 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11696 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11697 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11698 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11699 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11700 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11701 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11702 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11704 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11705 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11706 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11708 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11712 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11713 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11714 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11715 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11716 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11717 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11720 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11721 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11724 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11725 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11727 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11728 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11730 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11731 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11733 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11735 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11736 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11738 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11739 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11740 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11742 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11744 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11747 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11749 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11750 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11753 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11754 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11755 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11756 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11757 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11758 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11760 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11765 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11766 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11769 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11772 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11774 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11776 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11777 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11778 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11780 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11783 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11784 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11786 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11792 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11793 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11794 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11795 are trailing null entries. */
11796 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11797 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11798 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11799 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11800 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11801 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11802 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11803 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11808 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11813 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11820 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11822 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11824 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11825 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11829 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11831 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11832 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11835 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11836 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11839 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11840 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11842 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11844 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11845 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11846 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11847 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11852 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11853 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11854 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11855 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11856 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11858 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11860 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11862 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11864 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11865 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11866 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11867 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11869 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11870 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11871 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11876 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11878 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11880 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11881 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11883 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11887 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11888 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11896 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11899 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11903 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11906 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11907 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11910 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11911 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11914 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11915 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11918 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11919 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11922 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11923 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11924 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11925 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11926 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11929 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11930 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11933 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11934 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11937 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11938 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11941 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11942 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11945 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11946 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11949 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11950 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11953 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11954 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11957 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11958 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11961 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11962 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11963 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11964 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11965 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11966 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11967 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11968 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11971 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11972 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11975 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11976 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11979 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11980 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11983 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11984 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11987 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11991 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11992 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11993 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11996 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11997 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12000 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12004 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12008 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12009 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12012 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12013 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12016 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12017 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12018 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12019 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12022 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12023 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12026 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12027 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12028 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12029 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12032 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12033 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12036 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12037 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12040 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12041 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12046 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12047 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12048 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12049 relocs to be sorted. */
12052 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12054 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12058 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12059 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12060 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12063 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12064 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12067 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12071 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12072 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12073 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12074 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12075 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12077 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12078 info for each special section. */
12079 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12080 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12083 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12085 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12086 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12087 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12089 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12092 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12093 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12094 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12095 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12096 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12097 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12098 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12099 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12102 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12103 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12104 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12105 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12106 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12107 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12108 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12109 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12110 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12113 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12114 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12116 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12117 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12119 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12122 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12123 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12124 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12125 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12126 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12127 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12128 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12131 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12132 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12134 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12136 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12137 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12144 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12148 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12149 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12154 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12155 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12156 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12159 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12160 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12163 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12164 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12165 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12166 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12169 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12170 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12171 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12172 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12175 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12176 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12177 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12178 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12184 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12187 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12188 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12191 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12194 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12196 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12197 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12199 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12200 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12205 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12209 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12211 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12213 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12214 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12216 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12217 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12225 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12227 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12228 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12230 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12231 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12236 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12240 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12242 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12244 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12245 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12247 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12248 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12256 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12257 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12258 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12260 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12261 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12262 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12263 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12265 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12267 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12268 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12273 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12275 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12277 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12278 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12281 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12283 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12284 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12285 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12286 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12287 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12288 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12289 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12290 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12291 *pm
= options_segment
;
12297 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12299 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12300 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12301 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12302 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12303 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12305 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12306 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12311 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12315 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12317 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12322 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12327 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12330 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12331 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12332 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12342 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12343 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12345 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12347 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12350 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12351 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12352 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12353 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12354 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12355 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12356 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12357 PT_LOAD segment. */
12358 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12361 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12363 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12365 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12369 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12371 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12373 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12375 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12376 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12383 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12384 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12389 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12390 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12392 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12395 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12396 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12403 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12405 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12407 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12409 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12418 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12419 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12421 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12422 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12423 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12424 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12425 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12427 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12428 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12429 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12430 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12431 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12434 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12435 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12437 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12438 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12440 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12441 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12445 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12449 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12457 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12461 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12462 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12463 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12465 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12467 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12470 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12472 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12473 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12477 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12480 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12483 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12484 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12488 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12490 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12494 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12497 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12499 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12500 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12502 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12510 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12511 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12512 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12513 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12516 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12517 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12518 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12520 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12522 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12524 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12525 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12526 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12527 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12528 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12529 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12531 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12534 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12535 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12536 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12537 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12538 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12539 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12541 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12542 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12544 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12546 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12547 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12549 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12551 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12552 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12554 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12556 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12557 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12559 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12560 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12561 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12562 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12563 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12564 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12567 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12570 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12571 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12574 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12575 unsigned char *tdata
;
12578 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12583 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12585 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12586 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12589 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12593 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12594 info
->keep_memory
);
12601 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12602 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12604 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12606 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12615 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12616 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12617 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12618 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12624 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12625 free (cookie
->rels
);
12631 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12633 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12639 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12640 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12641 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12643 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12646 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12649 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12653 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12654 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12656 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12658 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12661 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12664 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12665 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12669 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12670 from output by default for clarity. */
12673 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12675 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12678 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12679 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12681 struct mips_elf_find_line
12683 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12684 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12688 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12689 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12690 const char **filename_ptr
,
12691 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12692 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12693 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12697 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12698 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12699 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12700 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12701 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12702 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
12703 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12704 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12707 /* PR 22789: If the function name or filename was not found through
12708 the debug information, then try an ordinary lookup instead. */
12709 if ((functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
== NULL
)
12710 || (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
== NULL
))
12712 /* Do not override already discovered names. */
12713 if (functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
!= NULL
)
12714 functionname_ptr
= NULL
;
12716 if (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
!= NULL
)
12717 filename_ptr
= NULL
;
12719 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12720 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
);
12726 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12729 flagword origflags
;
12730 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12731 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12732 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12734 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12735 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12736 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12737 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12738 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12739 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12741 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12744 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12747 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12748 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12750 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12753 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12757 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12759 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12763 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12764 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12765 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12766 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12768 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12771 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12772 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12773 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12774 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12775 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12776 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12777 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12779 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12781 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12782 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12783 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12784 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12785 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12786 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12789 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12790 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12793 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12797 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12800 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12802 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12803 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12804 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12808 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12809 const char **filename_ptr
,
12810 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12811 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12814 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12815 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12816 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12821 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12822 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12823 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12826 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12827 const void *location
,
12828 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12830 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12834 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12836 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12837 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12838 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12841 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12844 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12847 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12850 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12853 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12857 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12858 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12861 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12863 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12864 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12866 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12869 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12870 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12871 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12874 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12875 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12878 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12881 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12882 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12885 /* read in the section */
12886 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12887 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12890 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12894 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12897 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12902 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12905 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12906 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12907 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12908 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12909 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12913 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12914 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12921 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12922 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12923 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12926 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12927 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12929 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12931 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12932 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12934 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12936 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12945 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12947 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12948 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12950 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12951 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12952 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12954 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12955 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12956 to the generic handling. */
12958 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12959 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12960 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12961 input_section
, relocatable
,
12964 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12966 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12971 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12973 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12974 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12978 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12982 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12983 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12984 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12985 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
12987 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12988 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12989 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12990 (link_info
, error_message
,
12991 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12993 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12994 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12996 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12997 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12998 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13000 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13009 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13010 free (reloc_vector
);
13014 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13015 free (reloc_vector
);
13020 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13021 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13023 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13024 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13025 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13026 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13027 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13028 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13029 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13030 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13031 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13032 unsigned int symcount
;
13034 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13035 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13037 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13038 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13040 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13041 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13042 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13043 sec
->size
-= count
;
13045 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13046 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13048 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13049 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13050 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13053 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13054 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13056 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13057 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13058 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13059 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13060 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13061 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13063 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13064 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13065 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13066 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13067 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13069 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13071 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13073 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13074 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13075 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13077 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13079 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13080 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13082 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13090 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13091 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13093 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13094 unsigned long match
;
13095 unsigned long mask
;
13098 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13102 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13104 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13105 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13107 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13109 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13110 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13113 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13115 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13116 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13117 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13118 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13121 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13122 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13124 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13125 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13127 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13128 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13130 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13131 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13133 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13134 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13136 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13137 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13140 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13142 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13143 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13144 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13146 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13148 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13149 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13150 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13151 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13154 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13155 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13156 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13157 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13160 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13161 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13162 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13163 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13166 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13167 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13168 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13169 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13172 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13174 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13175 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13178 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13180 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13181 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13183 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13184 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13186 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13187 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13189 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13190 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13192 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13193 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13195 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13197 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13198 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13200 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13201 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13203 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13204 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13205 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13206 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13209 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13211 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13212 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13214 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13215 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13216 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13220 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13222 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13223 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13225 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13226 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13228 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13229 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13231 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13233 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13235 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13236 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13238 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13239 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13240 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13241 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13245 /* LUI instruction. */
13247 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13248 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13251 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13253 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13254 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13256 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13257 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13259 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13260 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13263 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13265 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13266 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13267 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13268 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13270 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13271 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13273 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13274 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13275 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13276 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13279 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13280 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13283 /* NOP instructions. */
13285 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13286 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13288 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13289 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13292 /* Instruction match support. */
13294 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13297 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13299 unsigned long indx
;
13301 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13302 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13309 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13311 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13312 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13313 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13314 the second half of another instruction. */
13317 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13319 unsigned long opcode
;
13322 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13323 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13324 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13326 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13327 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13328 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13331 /* No delay slot. */
13337 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13338 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13339 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13340 the second half of another instruction. */
13343 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13345 unsigned long opcode
;
13348 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13349 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13350 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13352 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13353 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13356 /* No delay slot. */
13362 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13363 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13366 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13368 unsigned long opcode
;
13370 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13371 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13373 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13375 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13376 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13377 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13379 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13385 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13386 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13389 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13391 unsigned long opcode
;
13393 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13394 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13396 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13397 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13398 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13400 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13401 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13402 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13403 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13404 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13405 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13406 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13407 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13413 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13414 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13415 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13418 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13419 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13420 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13422 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13423 unsigned long opcode
;
13425 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13426 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13429 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13430 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13431 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13437 /* Bitsize checking. */
13438 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13439 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13440 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13444 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13445 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13446 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13448 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13449 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13450 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13451 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13452 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13453 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13455 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13458 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13459 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13462 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13463 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13464 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13465 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13468 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13470 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13471 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13472 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13473 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13474 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13477 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13478 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13479 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13481 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13482 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13483 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13484 unsigned long opcode
;
13490 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13491 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13495 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13497 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13498 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13499 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13502 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13503 if (contents
== NULL
)
13505 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13506 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13507 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13508 /* Go get them off disk. */
13509 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13512 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13514 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13515 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13517 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13518 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13519 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13520 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13522 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13526 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13527 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13529 /* A local symbol. */
13530 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13533 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13534 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13535 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13536 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13537 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13538 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13539 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13541 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13542 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13543 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13544 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13545 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13549 unsigned long indx
;
13550 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13552 /* An external symbol. */
13553 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13554 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13555 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13557 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13558 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13559 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13560 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13561 regular reloc processing. */
13564 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13565 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13566 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13567 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13568 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13572 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13573 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13574 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13575 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13576 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13577 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13578 the linker is run. */
13580 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13581 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13584 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13586 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13587 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13589 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13592 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13593 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13594 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13596 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13598 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13599 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13600 out the offset). */
13601 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13603 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13604 unsigned long nextopc
;
13608 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13610 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13611 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13612 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13615 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13616 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13617 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13618 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13621 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13622 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13623 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13624 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13627 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13628 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13629 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13630 it through if so. */
13631 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13632 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13633 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13634 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13635 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13636 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13638 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13640 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13643 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13645 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13646 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13647 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13648 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13649 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13650 switch (offset
- 4)
13655 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13659 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13666 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13668 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13670 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13673 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13674 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13675 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13677 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13678 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13680 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13681 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13683 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13684 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13685 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13686 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13687 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13688 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13691 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13692 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13693 the PC-relative distance. */
13694 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13695 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13696 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13697 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13698 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13700 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13701 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13703 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13704 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13705 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13707 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13708 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13711 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13715 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13716 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13718 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13723 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13724 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13725 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13726 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13727 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13728 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13729 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13730 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13732 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13733 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13734 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13735 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13737 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13741 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13743 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13744 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13745 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13746 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13748 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13750 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13751 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13755 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13756 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13758 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13759 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13760 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13762 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13763 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13765 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13768 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13771 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13776 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13777 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13779 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13780 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13781 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13782 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13783 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13784 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13788 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13790 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13791 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13793 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13795 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13796 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13797 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13800 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13805 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13807 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13808 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13809 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13810 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13812 unsigned long n32opc
;
13813 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13815 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13817 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13819 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13820 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13824 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13826 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13828 (move_insn_16
.match
13829 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13830 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13835 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13836 instructions will be handled here later. */
13840 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13841 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13842 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13844 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13852 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13853 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13854 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13855 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13857 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13858 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13859 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13862 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13863 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13868 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13869 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13871 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13875 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13876 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13880 if (contents
!= NULL
13881 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13883 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13887 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13888 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13892 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13893 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13894 free (internal_relocs
);
13899 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13900 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13902 if (contents
!= NULL
13903 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13905 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13906 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13907 free (internal_relocs
);
13912 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13914 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13915 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13917 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13918 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13920 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13924 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13925 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13926 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13932 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13933 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13935 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13938 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13940 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13941 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13943 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13945 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13948 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13950 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13951 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13952 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13957 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13958 and copy relocs. */
13961 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13963 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13966 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13967 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
13968 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
13971 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
13972 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
)
13974 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
13975 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
13978 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13980 struct mips_mach_extension
13982 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13986 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13987 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13989 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
13991 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13992 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
13993 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13994 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13995 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13996 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13998 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13999 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14000 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14001 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14003 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14004 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14006 /* R10000 extensions. */
14007 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14008 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14009 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14011 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14012 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14013 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14014 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14015 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14016 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14017 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14019 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14020 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14021 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14022 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14023 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14024 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14026 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14027 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14028 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14030 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14031 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14032 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14033 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14034 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14035 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14036 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14037 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14038 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14039 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14041 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14042 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14044 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14045 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14047 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14048 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14050 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14051 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14052 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14053 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14055 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14056 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14057 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14060 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14063 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14067 if (extension
== base
)
14070 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14071 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14074 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14075 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14078 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14079 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14081 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14082 if (extension
== base
)
14089 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14091 static unsigned long
14092 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14096 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14097 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14098 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14099 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14100 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14101 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14102 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14103 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14104 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14105 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14106 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14107 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14108 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14109 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14110 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14111 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14112 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14113 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14114 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14118 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14121 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14123 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14125 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14126 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14127 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14128 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14129 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14130 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14131 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14132 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14133 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14134 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14135 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14136 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14137 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14138 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14139 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14140 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14141 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14142 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14143 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14144 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14145 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14150 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14151 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14153 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14154 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14155 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14157 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14160 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14163 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14165 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14166 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14167 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14168 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14169 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14170 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14171 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14172 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14173 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14174 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14175 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14178 /* xgettext:c-format */
14179 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14180 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14183 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14185 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14186 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14189 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14190 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14191 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14192 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14195 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14198 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14200 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14201 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14202 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14203 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14204 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14205 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14206 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14207 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14210 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14213 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14215 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14217 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14218 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14220 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14221 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14223 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14225 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14227 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14228 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14230 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14231 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14232 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14233 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14234 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14235 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14236 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14237 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14238 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14240 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14242 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14243 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14244 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14245 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14246 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14247 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14249 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14250 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14251 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14252 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14253 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14254 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14257 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14258 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14259 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14262 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14265 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14266 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14267 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14268 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14269 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14270 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14271 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14272 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14273 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14274 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14279 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14281 static const char * const secname
[] =
14283 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14284 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14286 static const int sc
[] =
14288 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14289 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14292 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14293 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14295 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14297 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14300 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14302 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14304 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14308 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14309 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14311 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14313 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14314 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14315 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14316 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14317 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14318 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14319 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14320 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14321 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14322 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14323 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14324 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14326 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14328 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14330 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14331 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14333 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14336 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14337 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14341 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14342 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14343 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14347 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14349 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14350 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14352 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14353 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14354 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14356 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14358 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14359 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14360 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14361 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14363 asection
*input_section
;
14365 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14367 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14372 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14374 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14375 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14376 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14379 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14380 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14382 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14383 matters, but someday it might). */
14384 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14389 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14391 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14393 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14394 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14395 the information together. */
14396 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14398 asection
*input_section
;
14400 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14404 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14406 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14411 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14412 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14414 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14415 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14416 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14417 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14421 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14423 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14424 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14425 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14426 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14427 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14429 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14430 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14431 finally written out. */
14433 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14434 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14435 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14438 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14439 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14441 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14442 matters, but someday it might). */
14443 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14448 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14450 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14453 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14454 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14455 the information together. */
14456 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14457 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14458 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14459 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14460 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14461 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14462 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14463 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14464 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14465 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14466 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14467 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14468 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14470 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14472 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14473 debug_info structure. */
14475 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14476 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14477 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14478 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14479 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14481 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14482 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14483 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14484 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14486 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14487 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14491 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14495 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14496 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14497 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14498 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14500 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14502 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14503 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14506 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14507 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14510 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14511 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14512 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14516 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14518 asection
*input_section
;
14520 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14521 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14525 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14527 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14532 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14533 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14535 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14537 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14538 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14539 want to deal with it. */
14543 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14544 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14546 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14548 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14549 read in the debugging information and set up an
14550 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14551 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14555 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14556 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14557 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14560 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14561 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14562 the linker global hash table and save the information
14563 for the output external symbols. */
14564 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14565 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14566 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14567 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14569 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14570 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14574 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14576 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14577 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14578 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14579 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14582 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14583 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14584 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14585 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14590 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14591 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14592 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14598 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14599 free (input_debug
.line
);
14600 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14601 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14602 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14603 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14604 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14605 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14606 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14607 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14608 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14609 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14611 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14612 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14613 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14616 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14618 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14619 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14620 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14622 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14623 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14625 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14628 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14629 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14633 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14639 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14642 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14644 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14645 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14646 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14650 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14651 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14653 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14654 matters, but someday it might). */
14655 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14660 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14662 const char *subname
;
14665 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14668 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14669 information describing how the small data area would
14670 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14671 not used in executables files. */
14672 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14674 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14676 asection
*input_section
;
14678 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14680 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14685 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14687 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14688 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14689 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14692 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14693 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14694 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14696 /* Really remove the section. */
14697 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14698 --abfd
->section_count
;
14703 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14704 uninitialized data. */
14705 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14706 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14707 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14712 /* xgettext:c-format */
14713 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
14714 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14718 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14719 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14720 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14721 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14722 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14723 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14724 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14726 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14727 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14729 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14730 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14731 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14734 /* Set up the first entry. */
14736 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14737 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14740 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14741 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14743 /* Combine the input sections. */
14744 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14746 asection
*input_section
;
14748 bfd_size_type size
;
14749 unsigned long last
;
14750 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14752 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14754 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14759 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14760 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14762 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14763 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14764 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14765 size
= input_section
->size
;
14767 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14769 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14771 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14772 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14778 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14779 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14780 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14786 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14788 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14789 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14792 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14794 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14795 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14797 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14803 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14806 /* We need a new table entry. */
14807 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14808 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14809 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14815 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14816 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14818 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14819 value, since that will be implied by this new
14822 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14824 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14826 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14827 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14831 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14832 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14837 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14840 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14841 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14842 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14845 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14847 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14849 /* Swap out the table. */
14850 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14851 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14852 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14858 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14859 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14862 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14863 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14865 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14866 matters, but someday it might). */
14867 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14871 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14872 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14875 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14877 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14879 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14880 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14882 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14884 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14885 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14887 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14888 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14890 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14891 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14895 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14897 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14899 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14900 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14904 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14906 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14907 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14909 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14912 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14915 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14917 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14918 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14919 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14923 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14925 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14926 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14927 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14931 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14933 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14934 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14936 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14937 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14938 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14946 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14947 if there are conflicting settings. */
14950 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14952 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
14953 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
14954 flagword old_flags
;
14955 flagword new_flags
;
14958 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14959 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14960 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14962 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14964 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14965 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14967 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14968 doesn't seem to matter. */
14969 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14970 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14972 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14973 just be able to ignore this. */
14974 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14975 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14977 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14978 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14979 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14981 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14986 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14987 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14990 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14995 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14996 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14997 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14998 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15000 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15001 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15003 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15004 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15007 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15011 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15013 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15014 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15016 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15017 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15018 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15019 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15020 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15021 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15022 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15024 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15025 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15027 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15028 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15029 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15030 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15031 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15032 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15036 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15038 /* xgettext:c-format */
15039 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15041 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15042 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15047 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15048 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15050 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15051 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15052 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15053 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15054 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15056 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15057 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15058 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15059 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15062 /* xgettext:c-format */
15063 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15065 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15066 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15069 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15070 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15073 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15074 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15075 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15077 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15078 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15079 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15080 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15081 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15082 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15084 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15087 /* xgettext:c-format */
15088 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15090 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15091 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15095 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15097 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15098 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15101 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15102 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15104 /* xgettext:c-format */
15105 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15107 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15108 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15109 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15110 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15112 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15113 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15116 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15117 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15119 /* xgettext:c-format */
15120 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15122 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15123 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15124 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15125 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15127 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15128 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15131 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15132 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15134 /* xgettext:c-format */
15136 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15138 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15145 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15146 there are conflicting attributes. */
15148 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15150 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15151 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15152 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15156 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15157 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15158 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15159 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15161 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15163 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15164 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15166 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15168 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15169 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15171 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15173 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15178 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15179 non-conflicting ones. */
15180 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15181 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15185 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15186 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15187 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15188 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15189 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15190 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15191 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15192 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15193 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15195 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15196 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15198 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15199 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15200 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15201 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15202 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15203 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15204 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15206 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15207 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15209 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15210 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15211 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15212 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15214 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15216 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15217 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15218 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15219 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15220 /* xgettext:c-format */
15222 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15223 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15224 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15225 else if (!out_string
)
15227 /* xgettext:c-format */
15228 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15229 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15230 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15231 else if (!in_string
)
15233 /* xgettext:c-format */
15234 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15235 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15236 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15239 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15240 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15241 really relevant to the error message. */
15242 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15243 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15244 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15245 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15247 /* xgettext:c-format */
15248 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15249 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15254 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15255 non-conflicting ones. */
15256 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15258 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15259 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15260 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15261 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15262 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15264 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15266 /* xgettext:c-format */
15267 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15268 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15269 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15270 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15274 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15276 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15278 /* xgettext:c-format */
15279 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15280 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15281 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15282 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15287 /* xgettext:c-format */
15288 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15289 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15290 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15291 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15297 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15298 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15301 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15302 there are conflicting settings. */
15305 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15307 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15308 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15309 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15311 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15312 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15314 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15315 /* Merge abiflags. */
15316 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15317 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15318 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15319 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15320 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15321 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15322 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15323 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15324 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15325 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15327 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15328 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15333 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15334 object file when linking. */
15337 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15339 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15340 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15341 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15342 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15346 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15347 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15350 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15355 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15358 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15359 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15361 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15364 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15369 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15370 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15371 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15372 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15374 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15375 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15376 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15377 not affect compatibility. */
15378 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15379 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15380 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15382 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15383 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15384 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15386 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15390 if (null_input_bfd
)
15393 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15394 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15396 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15397 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15398 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15400 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15402 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15403 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15405 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15406 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15408 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15409 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15410 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15411 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15413 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15414 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15416 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15417 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15418 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15419 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15421 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15422 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15423 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15425 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15426 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15427 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15429 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15430 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15432 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15433 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15434 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15436 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15437 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15438 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15442 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15443 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15446 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15448 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15449 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15450 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15453 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15455 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15456 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15457 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15458 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15460 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15461 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15462 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15463 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15465 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15466 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15469 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15470 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15476 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15478 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15480 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15491 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15494 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15496 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15497 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15499 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15500 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15505 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15509 default: return "";
15510 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15511 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15512 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15513 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15514 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15515 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15516 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15517 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15518 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15519 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15520 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15521 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15523 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15524 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15525 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15526 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15527 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15528 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15529 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15530 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15531 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15532 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15533 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15534 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15535 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15536 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15537 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15538 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15539 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15540 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15541 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15542 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15543 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15544 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15545 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15546 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15547 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15548 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15549 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15550 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15551 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15552 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15553 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15554 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15555 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15556 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15557 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15558 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15559 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15560 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15561 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15562 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15563 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15564 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15565 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15566 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15567 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15568 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15569 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15570 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15571 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15572 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15573 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15574 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15575 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15576 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15577 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15578 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15579 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15580 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15581 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15582 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15583 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15584 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15585 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15586 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15587 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15588 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15589 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15590 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15591 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15592 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15593 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15594 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15595 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15596 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15597 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15598 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15599 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15600 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15601 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15605 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15609 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15613 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15615 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15616 return "-mdouble-float";
15618 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15619 return "-msingle-float";
15621 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15622 return "-msoft-float";
15624 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15625 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15627 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15630 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15631 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15633 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15634 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15642 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15644 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15645 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15646 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15647 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15648 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15649 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15650 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15651 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15652 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15653 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15654 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15655 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15656 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15657 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15658 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15659 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15660 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15661 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15662 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15663 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15664 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15665 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15666 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15667 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15668 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15669 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15670 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15671 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15672 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
15673 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
15674 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
15675 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
15676 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
15677 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
15679 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15680 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15681 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15685 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15690 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15693 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15695 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15696 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15698 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15699 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15701 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15702 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15704 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15705 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15707 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15708 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15711 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15714 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15717 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15720 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15723 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15725 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15726 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15729 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15732 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15735 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15738 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15741 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15743 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15744 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15746 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15747 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15749 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
15750 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
15753 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15759 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15763 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15764 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15766 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15767 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15769 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15770 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15772 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15773 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15775 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15776 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15778 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15779 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15781 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15782 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15784 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15785 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15788 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15794 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15796 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15797 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15798 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15799 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15804 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15808 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15810 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15811 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15813 /* xgettext:c-format */
15814 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15816 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15817 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15818 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15819 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15820 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15821 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15822 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15823 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15824 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15825 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15826 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15827 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15828 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15829 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15831 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15833 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15834 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15835 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15836 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15837 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15838 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15839 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15840 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15841 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15842 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15843 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15844 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15845 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15846 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15847 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15848 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15849 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15850 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15851 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15852 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15853 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15854 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15856 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15858 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15859 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15861 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15862 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15864 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15865 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15867 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15868 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15870 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15871 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15873 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15874 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15876 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15878 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15879 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15881 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15882 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15884 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15885 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15887 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15888 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15890 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15891 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15893 fputc ('\n', file
);
15895 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15897 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15898 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15899 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15900 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15901 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15902 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15903 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15904 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15905 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15906 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15907 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15908 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15909 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15910 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15911 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15912 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15913 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15914 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15915 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15916 fputc ('\n', file
);
15922 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15924 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15925 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15926 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15927 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15928 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15929 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15930 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15933 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15934 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15935 definiton of the symbol. */
15937 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15938 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15939 bfd_boolean definition
,
15940 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15942 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15944 unsigned char other
;
15946 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15947 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15948 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15952 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15953 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15956 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15957 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15959 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15961 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15965 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15967 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15968 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15969 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15972 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15973 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15976 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15977 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15980 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15981 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15984 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15985 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15986 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15987 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15988 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15989 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15990 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15991 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15994 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15995 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15996 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15997 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16000 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16001 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16002 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16003 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16005 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16006 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16007 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16008 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16009 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16010 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16011 unsigned int other
;
16012 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16031 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16034 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16035 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16038 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16039 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16042 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16046 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16047 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16049 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16051 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16052 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16053 PLT slots per relocation. */
16054 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16055 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16056 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16057 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16058 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16059 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16060 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16062 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16063 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16065 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16068 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16071 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16074 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16076 names
= (char *) send
;
16077 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16080 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16081 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16085 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16086 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16088 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16092 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16093 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16097 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16102 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16106 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16107 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16108 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16112 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16113 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16114 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16116 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16117 const char *suffix
;
16122 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16124 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16125 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16129 /* Truncated table??? */
16130 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16132 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16133 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16134 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16135 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16136 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16138 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16139 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16143 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16144 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16145 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16147 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16148 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16149 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16150 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16151 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16152 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16154 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16155 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16157 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16158 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16159 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16160 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16161 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16162 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16163 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16164 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16165 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16167 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16170 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16171 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16172 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16173 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16174 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16175 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16176 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16177 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16180 /* Truncated table??? */
16181 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16185 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16186 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16193 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16194 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16195 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16196 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16197 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16198 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16200 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16202 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16204 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16205 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16206 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16209 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16211 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16212 names
+= suffixlen
;
16215 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16224 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16226 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16227 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16229 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16231 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16234 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16235 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16236 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16239 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16240 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16241 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16242 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16247 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16249 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16250 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16252 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16255 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16256 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16258 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16259 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16262 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16263 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16264 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16266 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16270 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16271 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16273 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16276 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16279 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16280 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16282 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;